1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection *call_fp_stub;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info *info;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
286 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
357 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info *);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection *mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
399 static asection *mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
401 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd *, asection **);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma);
413 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
423 struct mips_got_info *);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
449 bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd *, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
457 bfd_vma *, asection *);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
477 asection *, bfd_size_type);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info *);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
500 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
590 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
603 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
606 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
607 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
610 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
615 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
616 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
621 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
622 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
623 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
624 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
627 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
629 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
631 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
633 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
634 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
637 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
642 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
645 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
646 floating point arguments.
648 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
649 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
650 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
651 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
652 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
653 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
654 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
655 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
658 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
659 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
660 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
661 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
662 stub should be discarded.
664 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
665 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
666 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
667 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
668 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
669 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
670 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
673 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
674 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
675 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
680 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
681 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
686 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
687 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
690 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
693 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
698 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
701 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
706 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
707 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
717 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
719 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
720 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
725 /* Set local fields. */
726 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
727 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
728 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
731 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
732 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
734 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
735 ret->call_stub = NULL;
736 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
737 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
740 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
744 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
746 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
747 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
749 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
752 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
754 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
757 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
758 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
761 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
762 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
765 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
768 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
769 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
771 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
772 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
775 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
776 swap->external_hdr_size))
779 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
780 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
782 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
785 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
789 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
790 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
791 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
794 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
798 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
799 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
800 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
801 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
802 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
803 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
805 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
808 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
809 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
819 if (debug->line != NULL)
821 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
822 free (debug->external_dnr);
823 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
824 free (debug->external_pdr);
825 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
826 free (debug->external_sym);
827 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
828 free (debug->external_opt);
829 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
830 free (debug->external_aux);
831 if (debug->ss != NULL)
833 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
835 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
836 free (debug->external_fdr);
837 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
838 free (debug->external_rfd);
839 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
840 free (debug->external_ext);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
869 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
873 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
875 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
877 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
878 struct sym_ext *esym;
883 unsigned long sindex;
887 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
897 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
901 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
903 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
910 size = sizeof (RPDR);
911 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
915 size = sizeof (char *);
916 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
920 count = hdr->isymMax;
921 size = swap->external_sym_size;
922 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
930 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, ss))
937 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
939 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
940 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
942 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
943 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
944 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
945 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
946 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
947 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
948 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
950 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
951 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
955 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
956 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
957 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
967 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
969 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
970 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
971 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
972 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
976 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s->contents = rtproc;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s->link_order_head = NULL;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1022 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1023 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1025 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1026 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1032 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1033 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1034 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1037 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1038 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1040 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1041 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1042 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1043 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1044 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1045 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1046 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1049 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1050 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1052 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1053 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1054 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1055 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1056 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1057 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1058 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1064 bfd_reloc_status_type
1065 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1066 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1067 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1071 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1073 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1076 relocation = symbol->value;
1078 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1079 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1081 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1082 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1084 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1085 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1087 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1089 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1090 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1091 an external symbol. */
1093 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1094 val += relocation - gp;
1096 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1098 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1100 + reloc_entry->address);
1101 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1105 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1108 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1110 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1113 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1114 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1115 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1120 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1122 asection *input_section;
1126 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1128 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1130 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1131 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1132 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1134 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1135 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1136 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1137 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1139 bfd_reloc_status_type
1140 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1141 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1142 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1143 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1145 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1147 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1148 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1150 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1154 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1156 n->input_section = input_section;
1157 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1160 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1161 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1163 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1166 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1167 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1168 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1170 bfd_reloc_status_type
1171 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1172 void *data, asection *input_section,
1173 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1175 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1176 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1177 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1178 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1179 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1180 input_section, output_bfd,
1183 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1184 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1187 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1188 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1189 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1191 bfd_reloc_status_type
1192 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1193 void *data, asection *input_section,
1194 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1198 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1199 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1201 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1202 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1204 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1205 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1207 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1209 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1210 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1211 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1212 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1213 has a rightshift of 0. */
1214 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1215 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1217 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1218 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1219 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1221 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1222 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1224 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1227 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1231 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1232 input_section, output_bfd,
1236 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1237 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1238 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1240 bfd_reloc_status_type
1241 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1242 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1243 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1244 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1247 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1248 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1250 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1252 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1253 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1255 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1257 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1259 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1260 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1261 offset or address. */
1262 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1263 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1268 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1269 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1270 val += symbol->value;
1271 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1273 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1274 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1275 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1279 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1280 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1281 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1282 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1283 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1284 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1287 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1288 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1290 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1291 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1293 + reloc_entry->address);
1294 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1299 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1301 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1304 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1305 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1308 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1311 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1312 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1317 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1319 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1320 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1324 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1325 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1327 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1328 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1329 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1330 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1337 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1341 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1342 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1343 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1344 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1345 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1346 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1347 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1350 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1351 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1352 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1355 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1358 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1359 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1360 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1361 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1362 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1363 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1368 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1370 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1371 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1372 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1373 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1374 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1375 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1378 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1379 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1380 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1381 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1382 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1385 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1386 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1388 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1389 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1390 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1391 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1392 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1393 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1394 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1398 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1399 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1401 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1402 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1403 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1404 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1405 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1406 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1407 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1410 /* Swap in an options header. */
1413 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1414 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1416 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1417 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1418 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1419 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1422 /* Swap out an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1426 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1428 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1429 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1430 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1431 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1434 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1435 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1438 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1441 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1443 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1444 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1446 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1449 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1452 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1454 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1455 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1457 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1458 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1459 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1460 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1462 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1463 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1467 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1468 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1469 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1470 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1471 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1472 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1473 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1474 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1475 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1476 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1477 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1478 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1479 when generating a final executable. */
1482 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1484 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1486 asection *sec, *output_section;
1488 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1489 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1491 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1493 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
1494 || h->root.ref_dynamic)
1495 && !h->root.def_regular
1496 && !h->root.ref_regular)
1498 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1499 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1500 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1501 h->root.root.root.string,
1502 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1510 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1513 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1514 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1515 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1516 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1517 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1518 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1520 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1521 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1525 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1527 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1528 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1529 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1531 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1532 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1533 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1535 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1537 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1538 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1539 h->esym.asym.value =
1540 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1542 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1544 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1545 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1546 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1549 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1551 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1552 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1553 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1558 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1559 output_section = sec->output_section;
1561 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1562 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1563 if (output_section == NULL)
1564 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1567 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1569 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1570 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1571 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1572 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1573 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1574 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1575 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1576 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1577 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1578 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1579 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1580 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1581 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1582 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1583 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1584 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1585 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1587 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1591 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1592 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1595 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1596 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1597 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1598 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1600 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1601 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1602 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1603 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1605 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1606 output_section = sec->output_section;
1607 if (output_section != NULL)
1608 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1609 + sec->output_offset
1610 + output_section->vma);
1612 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1614 else if (h->root.needs_plt)
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1617 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1619 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1621 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1622 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1627 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1628 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1629 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1631 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1634 output_section = sec->output_section;
1635 if (output_section != NULL)
1636 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1637 + sec->output_offset
1638 + output_section->vma);
1640 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1648 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1649 h->root.root.root.string,
1652 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1659 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1662 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1664 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1665 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1667 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1670 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1672 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1675 static INLINE hashval_t
1676 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1679 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1685 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1686 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1690 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1692 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1694 return entry->symndx
1695 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1697 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1698 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1705 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1707 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1708 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1709 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1710 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1713 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1714 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1715 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1719 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1721 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1723 return entry->symndx
1725 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1726 : entry->symndx >= 0
1728 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1729 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1733 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1735 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1736 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1738 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1739 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1740 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1741 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1742 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1745 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1748 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
1750 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1753 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1754 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1756 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1758 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1763 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1766 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
1772 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1775 mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
1777 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1779 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1784 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1785 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1788 static struct mips_got_info *
1789 mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
1792 struct mips_got_info *g;
1794 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1795 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1796 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1797 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1798 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1801 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1806 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1807 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1808 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1811 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1815 struct mips_got_info *g;
1816 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1818 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1820 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1822 return entry->gotidx;
1827 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1830 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1834 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1835 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1837 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1838 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1840 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1842 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1844 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1849 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1851 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1853 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1858 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1859 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1861 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1862 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1863 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1865 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1866 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1867 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1868 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
1873 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1874 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1875 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1876 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1877 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1880 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1881 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
1884 struct mips_got_info *g;
1886 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1888 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1890 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1892 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1897 index = entry->gotidx;
1900 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1905 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1906 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1909 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1910 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
1913 struct mips_got_info *g;
1914 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1918 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1919 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1920 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1922 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1925 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1927 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1929 return entry->gotidx;
1934 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1938 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
1939 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
1943 struct mips_got_info *g;
1945 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1946 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1947 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1949 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1952 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1953 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1955 static struct mips_got_entry *
1956 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
1957 struct mips_got_info *gg,
1958 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value)
1960 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1961 struct mips_got_info *g;
1965 entry.d.address = value;
1967 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
1970 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
1971 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1974 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
1979 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
1981 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
1986 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
1988 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
1990 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
1991 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1992 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1993 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1998 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
1999 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2004 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2005 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2006 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2007 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2008 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2009 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2012 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2014 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2015 struct mips_got_info *g;
2018 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2020 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2023 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2024 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2025 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2026 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2027 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2028 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2029 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2030 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2031 too large offsets. */
2032 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2033 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2034 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2035 elf_hash_table (info)),
2036 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2039 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2040 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2041 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2042 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2043 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2045 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2046 table index in the GOT. */
2047 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2052 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2053 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2057 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2059 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2061 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2062 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2064 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2066 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2069 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2070 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2071 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2073 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2075 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2076 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2077 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2079 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2080 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2083 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2084 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2090 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2091 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2095 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2096 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2097 struct mips_got_info *g)
2099 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2101 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2103 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2105 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2109 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2112 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2118 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2120 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2123 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2124 need to do it again. */
2128 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2134 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2136 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2139 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2140 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2141 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2147 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2148 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2151 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2152 struct mips_got_info *g)
2154 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2157 entry.symndx = symndx;
2158 entry.d.addend = addend;
2159 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2160 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2165 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2167 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2172 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2177 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2180 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2182 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2183 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2185 return entry->bfd->id;
2188 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2191 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2193 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2194 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2195 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2196 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2198 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2201 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2202 be the master GOT data. */
2204 static struct mips_got_info *
2205 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2207 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2213 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2214 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2217 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2218 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2222 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
2224 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2225 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2226 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2227 struct mips_got_info *g;
2228 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2231 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2233 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2234 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2235 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2241 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2242 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2252 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2253 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2254 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2261 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2262 g->global_gotno = 0;
2264 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2265 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2266 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2267 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2277 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2278 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2279 if (*entryp != NULL)
2284 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2292 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2293 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2294 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2295 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2296 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2297 and then make make the new got current. */
2300 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
2302 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2303 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2304 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2305 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2306 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2307 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2309 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2310 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2311 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2313 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2314 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2316 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2317 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2318 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2319 else if (arg->primary
2320 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2322 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2323 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2324 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2326 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2328 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2329 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2331 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2334 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2335 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2336 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2339 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
2340 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2342 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2343 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2345 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2346 else if (arg->current
2347 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2349 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2350 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2351 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2353 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2355 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2356 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2358 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2361 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2363 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
2364 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2366 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2367 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2371 overflows anyway. */
2374 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2375 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2377 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2383 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2384 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2385 got) to the given VALUE.
2387 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2388 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2389 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2390 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2391 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2392 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2393 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2394 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2397 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
2399 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2400 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2401 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2402 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2404 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2405 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2409 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2411 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2412 if (arg->info->shared
2413 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2414 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
2415 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
2416 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2419 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2425 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2426 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2428 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2430 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2432 if (entry->abfd != NULL
2433 && entry->symndx == -1
2434 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2435 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2440 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2441 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2442 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2443 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2444 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2445 the traversal must be restarted. */
2447 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
2449 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2450 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2452 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2456 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2457 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2458 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2460 if (entry->d.h == h)
2465 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2466 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2467 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2469 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2470 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2473 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2474 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2476 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2479 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2480 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2486 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2489 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
2495 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2497 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2498 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2501 while (got_entries == NULL);
2504 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2507 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2509 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2512 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2516 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2520 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2523 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2524 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2527 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2528 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
2529 bfd_size_type pages)
2531 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2532 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2533 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2534 unsigned int assign;
2536 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2537 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
2538 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2541 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2542 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2543 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2545 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2546 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2547 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2548 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2549 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2552 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2553 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2554 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2555 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2556 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2557 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2558 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2559 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2561 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2562 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2563 to be the primary GOT. */
2564 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2565 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2568 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2569 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2571 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2572 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2573 if (g->next == NULL)
2576 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2577 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2578 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2579 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2580 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2581 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2583 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2585 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2588 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2589 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2591 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2595 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2596 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2597 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2598 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2601 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2604 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2605 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2612 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2614 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2618 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2619 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2620 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2623 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2624 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2625 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2626 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2627 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2628 follows IRIX's practice.
2630 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2631 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2632 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2633 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2637 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2638 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2639 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2643 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2644 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2645 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2646 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2647 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2648 their entries can be omitted. */
2649 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2650 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2653 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2654 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2655 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2656 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2657 &set_got_offset_arg);
2658 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2659 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2660 &set_got_offset_arg);
2661 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2664 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2665 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2666 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2667 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2668 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2669 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2670 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2671 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2672 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2673 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2674 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2675 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2676 points back to the master GOT. */
2677 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2678 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2684 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2686 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2687 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2688 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2689 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2691 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2692 list that gg points to. */
2698 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2701 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
2705 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2706 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2712 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2713 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2715 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2716 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
2717 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2718 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
2720 while (relocation < relend)
2722 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2728 /* We didn't find it. */
2729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2733 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2736 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
2737 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2738 asection **local_sections,
2739 bfd_boolean check_forced)
2741 unsigned long r_symndx;
2742 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2746 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2747 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2748 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2750 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2752 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2757 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2758 was forced local. */
2759 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2760 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2761 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2762 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2763 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2764 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2765 if (h->root.forced_local)
2772 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2775 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2777 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2778 /* VALUE is negative. */
2779 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2784 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2785 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2789 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2791 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2793 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2794 /* The value is too big. */
2796 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2797 /* The value is too small. */
2804 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2807 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
2809 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2812 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2815 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2818 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2825 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2828 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2831 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2838 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2841 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2842 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2845 register asection *s;
2847 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2849 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2852 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2854 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2855 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2856 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2859 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2865 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2868 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2869 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
2872 register asection *s;
2873 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2874 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2875 struct mips_got_info *g;
2878 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2879 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2882 if (! maybe_exclude)
2883 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2887 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2888 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2891 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2893 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2894 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2895 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2898 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2901 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2902 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2903 are not creating a global offset table. */
2905 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2906 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2907 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2910 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2913 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2916 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2919 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2920 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2923 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2924 g->global_gotno = 0;
2925 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2926 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2929 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2930 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2931 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2933 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2934 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2935 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2940 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2941 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2942 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2944 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2945 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2946 relocation must be JALX.
2948 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2949 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2950 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2951 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2953 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2954 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
2955 asection *input_section,
2956 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2957 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2958 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
2959 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
2960 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
2961 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
2962 bfd_boolean save_addend)
2964 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2966 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2969 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2970 shared object file being produced. */
2971 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
2972 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2975 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2976 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
2977 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2978 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2979 during execution. */
2980 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
2981 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2983 asection *sec = NULL;
2984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
2985 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2987 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
2988 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2989 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
2990 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2992 unsigned long r_symndx;
2994 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2995 relocation value. */
2996 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
2997 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2998 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3000 /* Parse the relocation. */
3001 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3002 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3003 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3004 + input_section->output_offset
3005 + relocation->r_offset);
3007 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3008 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3010 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3011 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3012 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3013 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3014 local_sections, FALSE);
3015 was_local_p = local_p;
3016 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3017 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3020 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3021 must come before globals. */
3025 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3028 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3030 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3031 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3033 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3034 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3035 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3036 symbol += sym->st_value;
3037 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3038 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3040 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3042 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3045 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3046 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3049 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3050 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3051 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3054 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3056 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3060 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3062 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3063 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3064 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3065 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3066 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3067 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3068 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3070 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3071 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3073 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3074 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3075 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3076 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3078 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3079 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3080 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3081 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3085 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3086 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3087 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3089 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3090 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3091 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3093 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3094 if (sec->output_section)
3095 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3096 + sec->output_section->vma
3097 + sec->output_offset);
3099 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3101 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3102 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3103 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3104 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3107 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3108 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3110 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
3111 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3113 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3114 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3115 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3116 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3117 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3119 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3120 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3125 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3126 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3127 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3128 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
3129 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
3130 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3134 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3137 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3138 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3140 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3141 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3142 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3143 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3144 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3146 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3147 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3150 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3153 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3157 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3159 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3160 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3161 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3163 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3164 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3166 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3167 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3169 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3174 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3176 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3177 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3179 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3186 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3189 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3191 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
3192 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3195 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3196 special jalx instruction. */
3197 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
3198 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3199 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3201 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3202 local_sections, TRUE);
3204 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3205 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3208 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3209 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3210 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3212 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
3213 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
3219 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3220 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3221 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3222 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3223 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3224 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3227 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3228 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3229 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3231 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3232 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3234 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3235 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3237 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3238 && h->root.def_regular))
3240 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3241 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3242 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3243 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3244 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3245 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
3248 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3249 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3250 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3254 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3255 info, symbol + addend);
3257 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3260 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3261 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3262 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3267 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3268 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3269 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3270 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3271 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3272 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3273 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3274 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3276 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3284 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3288 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3291 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3292 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3299 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3301 && h->root.def_dynamic
3302 && !h->root.def_regular))
3304 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3306 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3307 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3308 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3309 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3312 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3320 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3324 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3325 value = symbol + addend;
3329 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3333 value = symbol + addend - p;
3334 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3337 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3338 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
3339 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3340 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3344 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3345 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3346 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3347 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3348 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3351 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3353 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3354 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3360 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3361 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3365 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3366 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3372 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3375 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3376 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3377 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3378 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3379 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3382 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3383 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3386 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3387 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3388 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3389 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3390 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3391 not check for overflow here. */
3395 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3396 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3397 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3398 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3403 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3404 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3405 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3406 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3407 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3408 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3409 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3410 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3411 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3412 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3413 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3414 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3415 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3416 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3417 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3418 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3422 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3431 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3432 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3434 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3435 local_sections, FALSE);
3436 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3437 symbol + addend, forced);
3438 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3439 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3441 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3442 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3443 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3449 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3452 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3455 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3456 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3458 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3462 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
3463 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3466 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3467 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3468 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3469 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3470 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3472 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3473 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3476 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3477 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3478 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3481 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3482 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3483 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3487 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3488 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3489 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3490 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3491 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3492 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3495 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3497 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3500 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3504 value = symbol - addend;
3505 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3509 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3510 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3513 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3514 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3515 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3518 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3519 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3520 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3525 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3526 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3527 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3529 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3530 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3531 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3532 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3535 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3536 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3539 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3541 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3544 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3547 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
3548 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3549 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
3552 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3554 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3555 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3557 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3558 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3559 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3560 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3561 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3562 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3567 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3568 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3569 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3570 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3571 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3572 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3574 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3577 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3578 reloc_howto_type *howto,
3579 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3580 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
3581 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
3582 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
3586 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3588 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3589 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3591 /* Obtain the current value. */
3592 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3594 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3595 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3597 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3598 value in a funny way. */
3599 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3601 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3602 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3605 The format of these instructions is:
3607 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3608 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3609 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3611 +-----------------------------------------------+
3613 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3614 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3616 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3617 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3618 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3619 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3620 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3621 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3622 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3623 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3624 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3625 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3628 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3629 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3630 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3631 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3632 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3633 value as two 16-bit values.
3635 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3639 +--------+----------------------+
3643 +--------+----------------------+
3646 +----------+------+-------------+
3650 +----------+--------------------+
3651 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3652 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3654 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3655 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3656 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3657 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3658 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3660 if (!info->relocatable)
3661 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3662 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3663 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3664 | (value & 0xffff));
3666 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3668 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3669 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3671 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3672 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3673 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3674 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3675 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3677 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3680 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3681 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3682 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3684 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3685 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3686 little-endian system. */
3687 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3688 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3692 /* Set the field. */
3693 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3695 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3699 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3700 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3702 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3703 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3705 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3710 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3714 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3717 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3718 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3721 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3726 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3727 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3730 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3731 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3732 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3733 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3734 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3736 /* Put the value into the output. */
3737 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3741 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3744 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
3746 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3748 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3749 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3750 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3753 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3756 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
3760 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3761 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3765 /* Make room for a null element. */
3766 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3769 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3772 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3773 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3774 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3775 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3778 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3779 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3780 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
3781 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3782 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
3783 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
3785 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3790 bfd_boolean defined_p;
3792 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3793 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3794 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3795 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3796 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3797 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3800 outrel[0].r_offset =
3801 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3802 outrel[1].r_offset =
3803 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3804 outrel[2].r_offset =
3805 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3808 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3809 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3810 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3811 if (input_section->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3813 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3814 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3818 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3819 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3820 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3821 machinery tell us the offset. */
3822 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3823 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3824 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3826 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3831 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3832 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3835 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
3837 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3838 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3839 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3844 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3845 in the relocation. */
3847 && (! info->symbolic || !h->root.def_regular)
3848 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3850 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
3852 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3853 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3854 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
3856 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3857 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3858 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3859 undefined symbols. */
3864 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3866 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3868 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3873 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3878 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3879 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3880 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3881 local symbols because we used to generate them
3882 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3883 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3884 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3885 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3886 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3887 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3889 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3890 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3891 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3892 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3893 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3898 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3899 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3900 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3901 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3902 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3905 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3906 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3907 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3909 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3910 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3911 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3912 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3913 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3914 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3915 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3916 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3917 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3918 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3919 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3920 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3921 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
3922 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3925 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
3927 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3928 correct location in the output file. */
3929 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3930 + input_section->output_offset);
3931 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3932 + input_section->output_offset);
3933 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3934 + input_section->output_offset);
3936 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3937 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3938 relocation format is non-standard. */
3939 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3941 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3942 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
3944 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3947 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3948 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
3949 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3951 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3952 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
3954 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3955 will be writing to it. */
3956 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
3959 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3960 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
3962 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
3967 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
3969 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
3970 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
3971 + input_section->output_section->vma
3972 + input_section->output_offset);
3973 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
3974 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
3976 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
3977 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
3978 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
3980 cr = (scpt->contents
3981 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
3982 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
3983 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
3984 + scpt->reloc_count));
3985 ++scpt->reloc_count;
3992 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
3995 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
3997 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
3999 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4000 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4002 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4003 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4005 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4006 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4008 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4009 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4011 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4012 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4014 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4015 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4017 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4018 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4020 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4021 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4023 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4024 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4027 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4031 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4035 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4039 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4043 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4047 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4050 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4051 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4054 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4055 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4058 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4059 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4062 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
4063 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
4071 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4073 static INLINE char *
4074 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
4078 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4079 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4082 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4084 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4088 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4090 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4092 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4094 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4097 return "unknown abi";
4101 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4102 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4103 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4104 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4105 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4106 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4107 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4108 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4110 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4111 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4112 definition in a shared library. */
4113 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4114 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4115 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4117 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4118 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4121 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
4123 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4125 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4126 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4128 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4129 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4130 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4131 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4132 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4133 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4134 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4136 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4137 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4138 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4139 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4140 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4141 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4142 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4143 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4144 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4145 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4147 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4151 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4152 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4153 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4154 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4157 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4158 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4160 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4161 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4162 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4163 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4164 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4165 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4166 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4167 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4168 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4169 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4171 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4172 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4175 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4176 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4181 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
4183 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
4184 if (section != NULL)
4186 asym->section = section;
4187 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4188 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4189 base address to make it an offset. */
4190 asym->value -= section->vma;
4197 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
4199 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
4200 if (section != NULL)
4202 asym->section = section;
4203 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4204 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4205 base address to make it an offset. */
4206 asym->value -= section->vma;
4213 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4214 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4215 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4217 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4218 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4221 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4222 will jump there rather than to .text.
4224 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4225 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4228 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
4230 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
4233 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4234 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4235 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4239 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
4241 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4242 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4246 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4247 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4250 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4253 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4254 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4258 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4259 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4260 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4261 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4263 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4265 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4266 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4267 so that we don't have to read them again.
4268 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4269 through the section contents to see if there is an
4270 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4272 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4274 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4275 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4277 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4279 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4281 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4288 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4289 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4292 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4293 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
4296 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4303 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4304 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4307 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4308 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4315 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4317 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4319 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4320 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4321 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4323 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4324 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4326 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4328 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4329 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4331 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4333 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4334 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4336 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4339 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4341 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4343 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4345 unsigned int adjust;
4347 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4349 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4357 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4358 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4359 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4361 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4365 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
4370 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4371 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4372 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4373 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4374 probably get away with this. */
4375 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4377 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4378 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4382 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4385 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4386 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4389 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4390 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4393 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4394 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4397 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4398 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4400 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4402 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4403 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4404 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4406 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4408 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4409 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4412 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4413 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4416 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4417 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4420 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4421 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4424 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4425 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4428 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4429 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4430 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4431 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4438 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4443 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4444 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4450 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4452 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4453 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4454 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4455 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4456 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4458 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4461 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4462 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
4464 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4465 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4468 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4469 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4470 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4471 they should agree. */
4472 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4474 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4476 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4477 if (contents == NULL)
4479 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4486 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4487 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4489 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4491 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4493 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4495 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4497 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4499 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4500 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4502 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4504 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4506 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4508 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4510 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4511 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4513 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4523 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4524 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4525 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4528 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
4530 register const char *name;
4532 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4534 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4536 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4537 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4538 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4540 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4541 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4542 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4544 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4545 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4546 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4548 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4549 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4550 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4552 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4553 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4554 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4555 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4556 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4558 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4560 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4562 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4563 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4564 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4565 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4567 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4568 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4570 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4573 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4575 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4576 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4577 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4578 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4580 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4581 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4583 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4584 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4587 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4588 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4589 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4590 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4591 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4592 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4593 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4594 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4596 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4597 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4599 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4601 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4602 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4603 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4605 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4607 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4608 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4609 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4611 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4612 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4613 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4615 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4616 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4617 final_write_processing. */
4619 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4620 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4621 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4623 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4624 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4625 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4627 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4629 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4630 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4631 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4634 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4635 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4636 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4637 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4638 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4643 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4644 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4645 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4646 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4647 the .scommon section. */
4650 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4651 asection *sec, int *retval)
4653 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4655 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4658 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4660 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4666 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4667 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4670 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4671 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
4672 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4673 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
4675 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4676 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4677 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4679 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4684 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4687 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4688 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4689 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4690 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4693 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4694 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4695 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4696 *valp = sym->st_size;
4700 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4701 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4703 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4704 asection *elf_text_section;
4705 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4707 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4708 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4711 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4712 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4713 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4716 /* Initialize the section. */
4718 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4719 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4721 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4722 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4724 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4725 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4726 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4727 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4728 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4729 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4730 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4732 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4733 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4734 so I took it out. */
4735 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4738 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4739 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4741 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4742 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4744 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4745 asection *elf_data_section;
4746 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4748 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4749 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4752 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4753 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4754 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4757 /* Initialize the section. */
4759 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4760 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4762 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4763 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4765 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4766 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4767 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4768 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4769 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4770 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4771 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4773 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4774 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4775 so I took it out. */
4776 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4779 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4780 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4784 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4786 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4787 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4789 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4790 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4792 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4794 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4795 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
4796 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4799 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4802 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4804 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4807 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4810 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4811 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4812 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4813 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4819 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4820 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4821 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4824 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4825 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4826 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
4827 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4829 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4830 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4831 common in the output file. */
4832 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4833 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4834 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4836 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4837 sym->st_value &= ~1;
4842 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4844 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4847 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4849 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4850 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4852 register asection *s;
4853 const char * const *namep;
4855 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4856 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4858 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4859 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4862 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4866 /* We need to create .got section. */
4867 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4870 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4873 /* Create .stub section. */
4874 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4875 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4877 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4879 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4880 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4881 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4885 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4887 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4889 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4891 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4892 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4893 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4897 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4898 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4899 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4900 the linker takes such action. */
4901 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4903 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4906 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4907 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
4908 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4911 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4914 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4916 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4920 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4921 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4923 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4927 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4928 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4930 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4931 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4933 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4934 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4936 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4937 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4939 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4940 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4942 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4949 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4951 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4952 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
4953 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4956 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4959 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4961 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4964 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
4966 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4967 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4968 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4969 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4970 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
4971 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4973 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4975 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4976 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
4977 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4980 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4983 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4993 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4994 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4997 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4998 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5002 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5003 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5004 struct mips_got_info *g;
5006 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5007 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5010 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5012 if (info->relocatable)
5015 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5016 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5017 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5018 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5020 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5022 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5023 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5025 unsigned long r_symndx;
5027 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5030 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5032 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5033 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5037 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5038 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5039 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5040 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5042 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5043 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5045 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5046 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5047 || o->reloc_count == 0
5048 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5049 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5050 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5051 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5052 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5053 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5057 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
5059 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5062 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5063 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5064 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5065 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5068 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5077 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5078 not need it. Since this function is called before
5079 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5080 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5082 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5086 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5088 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5090 unsigned long symcount;
5094 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5095 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5097 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5098 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5099 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5102 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5105 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5107 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5108 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5109 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5110 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5114 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5116 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5117 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5119 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5122 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5125 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5126 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5128 unsigned long r_symndx;
5129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5132 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5135 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5137 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5138 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5140 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5141 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5142 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5143 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5144 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5145 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5146 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5150 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5151 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5153 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5155 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5156 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5158 loc = &h->call_stub;
5160 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5161 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5162 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5163 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5164 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5165 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5166 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5167 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5168 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5170 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5175 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5185 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5190 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5191 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5192 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5197 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5198 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5199 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5201 unsigned long r_symndx;
5202 unsigned int r_type;
5203 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5205 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5206 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5208 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5210 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5212 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5213 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5215 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5220 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5222 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5225 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5226 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5230 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5231 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5237 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5238 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5239 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5240 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5241 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5242 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5243 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5245 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5246 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5248 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5255 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5256 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5257 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5265 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5266 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5267 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5269 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5270 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5271 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5272 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5273 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5274 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5275 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5276 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5286 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5287 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5288 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5289 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5294 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5295 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5298 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5299 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5302 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5303 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5304 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5310 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5311 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5312 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5317 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
5318 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5320 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5321 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5322 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5323 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
5325 if (hmips->root.def_regular
5326 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
5327 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
5333 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5334 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5335 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5336 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5337 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5344 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5345 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5349 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5353 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5356 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5357 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5358 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5359 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5360 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5361 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5362 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5363 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5364 relocations against the text segment. */
5365 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5369 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5371 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5372 defined in a dynamic object. */
5373 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5374 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5375 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5376 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5377 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5378 are relocations against the text segment. */
5379 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5382 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5383 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5384 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5385 dynamic relocations against it. */
5389 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5390 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5392 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5393 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5398 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5399 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5400 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5404 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5405 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5406 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5407 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5408 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5409 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5412 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5413 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5414 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5415 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5419 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5420 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5421 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5422 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5430 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5431 related to taking the function's address. */
5437 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5439 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5440 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5444 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5445 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5450 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5451 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5452 References from a stub section do not count. */
5454 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5455 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5456 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5457 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5458 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5459 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5460 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5462 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5464 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5465 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5473 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
5474 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5477 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
5478 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5479 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5480 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5482 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
5483 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5484 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5486 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5489 if (link_info->relocatable)
5492 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
5493 link_info->keep_memory);
5494 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5497 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
5498 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5499 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5500 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5502 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
5505 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
5506 unsigned int r_type;
5507 unsigned long r_symndx;
5509 unsigned long instruction;
5511 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5512 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5513 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5514 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
5515 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
5518 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
5519 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5520 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
5522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
5523 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5524 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5526 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5527 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5528 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5530 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5532 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5533 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5534 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5535 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
5536 && !h->root.forced_local))
5539 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5540 if (sym_sec->output_section)
5541 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5542 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5543 + sym_sec->output_offset);
5545 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5549 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5551 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5552 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5554 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5555 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5556 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
5557 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5559 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5563 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
5564 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5566 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5567 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5568 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5569 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5572 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5573 symval = isym->st_value
5574 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5575 + sym_sec->output_offset;
5578 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5580 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
5581 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
5583 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5584 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
5589 /* Check that it's in range. */
5590 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
5593 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5594 if (contents == NULL)
5596 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5597 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
5598 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
5601 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
5606 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
5608 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5609 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5610 instruction = 0x04110000;
5611 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5612 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5613 instruction = 0x10000000;
5617 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
5618 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
5619 changed_contents = TRUE;
5622 if (contents != NULL
5623 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
5625 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
5629 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5630 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
5636 if (contents != NULL
5637 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
5642 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5643 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5644 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5645 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5649 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5650 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5656 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5658 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5659 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5661 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
5664 && !h->def_regular)));
5666 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5667 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5669 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5670 if (! info->relocatable
5671 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5672 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5673 || !h->def_regular))
5675 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5676 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5677 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5678 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5679 against the text segment. */
5680 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5683 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5684 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5687 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5690 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5691 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5692 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5693 executable and the shared library. */
5694 if (!h->def_regular)
5696 /* We need .stub section. */
5697 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5698 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5699 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5701 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5702 h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
5704 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5705 h->plt.offset = s->size;
5707 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5708 s->size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5710 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5711 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5715 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5718 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5719 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5720 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5724 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5725 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5726 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5727 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
5729 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5730 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5731 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5732 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5736 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5737 is not a function. */
5742 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5743 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5744 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5747 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5748 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5754 struct mips_got_info *g;
5756 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5757 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5760 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5761 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5763 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5765 if (! (info->relocatable
5766 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5767 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5768 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
5770 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5772 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5775 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5779 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5780 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5782 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5784 asection *subsection;
5786 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5788 subsection = subsection->next)
5790 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5792 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
5793 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5797 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5798 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5799 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5800 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5802 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5805 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5806 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5808 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5809 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5812 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5813 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5815 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5817 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5818 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5819 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5821 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5822 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5824 g->global_gotno = i;
5825 s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5827 if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5828 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5834 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5837 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5838 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5842 bfd_boolean reltext;
5844 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5845 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5847 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5849 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5850 if (info->executable)
5852 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5853 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5855 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5857 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5861 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5862 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5865 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5870 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5871 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5872 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5874 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5879 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5883 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5884 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5885 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5886 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5887 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5888 if (s->output_section != NULL
5890 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5891 s->output_section)) == 0)
5896 const char *outname;
5899 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5900 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5901 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5902 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5903 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5905 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5907 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5909 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5910 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5911 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5914 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5915 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5916 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5919 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5920 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5921 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5922 will move them around between input sections'
5923 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5924 broken, so don't let it run. */
5925 info->combreloc = 0;
5928 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
5930 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5931 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5932 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5934 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
5935 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
5936 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
5937 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
5941 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5942 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
5944 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
5945 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
5947 unsigned int save_assign;
5949 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
5951 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5952 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
5953 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
5954 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
5955 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
5956 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
5957 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
5958 &set_got_offset_arg);
5959 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
5960 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
5961 <= g->global_gotno);
5963 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
5966 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
5967 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
5968 + g->next->global_gotno
5969 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
5974 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
5977 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
5979 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
5980 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
5981 s->size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5983 else if (! info->shared
5984 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
5985 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
5987 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
5988 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
5991 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
5992 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
5993 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
5994 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
5996 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6002 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
6006 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6007 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
6008 if (s->contents == NULL && s->size != 0)
6010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
6015 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6017 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6018 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6019 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6020 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6021 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6024 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6025 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6026 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
6028 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6030 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6036 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6037 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6039 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6044 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6045 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6047 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
6049 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
6053 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
6056 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
6058 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
6061 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
6064 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
6068 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
6071 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
6075 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6076 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
6081 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
6086 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
6090 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
6093 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
6096 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
6099 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
6102 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
6105 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
6106 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
6109 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
6110 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6111 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
6112 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
6119 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6122 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6123 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
6124 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6125 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6126 asection **local_sections)
6128 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6129 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6131 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6132 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6134 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
6135 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6136 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
6140 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6141 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
6142 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6144 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
6145 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6148 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6149 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
6151 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6152 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6153 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6154 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6155 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6156 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6157 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6159 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6161 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6165 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6166 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6167 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6168 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6169 (input_bfd, input_section,
6172 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6174 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6176 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6177 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6178 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6179 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6180 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6181 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6182 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6183 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6184 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6185 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6186 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6188 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6189 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6191 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6192 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6194 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6196 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6197 combination of the addend stored in two different
6199 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6200 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6201 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6202 local_sections, FALSE)))
6205 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6206 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6208 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6209 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6210 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6211 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6214 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6216 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6217 relocation must be immediately following.
6218 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6219 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6220 several relocations for the same address. In
6221 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6222 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6223 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6224 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd,
6227 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6230 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6231 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd,
6232 R_MIPS_LO16, FALSE);
6233 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6234 input_bfd, contents);
6235 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6236 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6237 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6241 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6244 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6246 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6247 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6249 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6250 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6254 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6257 addend = rel->r_addend;
6260 if (info->relocatable)
6262 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6263 unsigned long r_symndx;
6265 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6266 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6269 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6270 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6271 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6272 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6273 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6274 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6276 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6278 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6281 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6282 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6283 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6284 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6285 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6286 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6288 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6289 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6290 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6291 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6292 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6294 if (rela_relocation_p)
6295 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6296 rel->r_addend = addend;
6299 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6300 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
6301 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6302 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6303 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6304 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6305 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6307 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6309 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6310 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6311 source of the addend in the final link. */
6312 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6314 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6315 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6316 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6317 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6318 but for endianness. */
6324 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6326 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6333 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6334 do two separate stores. */
6335 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6337 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6339 low_bits = sign_bits;
6345 high_bits = sign_bits;
6347 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6348 contents + rel->r_offset);
6349 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6350 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6354 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6355 input_bfd, input_section,
6360 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6364 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6365 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6366 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6368 if (rel + 1 < relend
6369 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6370 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6371 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6373 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6375 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6376 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6377 input_section, info, rel,
6378 addend, howto, local_syms,
6379 local_sections, &value,
6380 &name, &require_jalx,
6381 use_saved_addend_p))
6383 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6384 /* There's nothing to do. */
6387 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6388 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6389 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6390 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6391 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6394 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6395 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6396 info->callbacks->warning
6397 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6400 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6401 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6402 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6403 a given location. */
6407 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6408 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6409 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
6410 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6423 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6424 until we reach the last one. */
6425 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6431 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6432 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6433 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6434 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6435 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6436 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6437 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6438 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6444 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6446 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6453 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6454 do two separate stores. */
6455 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6457 /* Undo what we did above. */
6459 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6461 low_bits = sign_bits;
6467 high_bits = sign_bits;
6469 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6470 contents + rel->r_offset);
6471 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6472 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6476 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6477 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6478 input_bfd, input_section,
6479 contents, require_jalx))
6486 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6487 adjust it appropriately now. */
6490 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6491 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6493 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6494 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6495 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6498 "__dso_displacement",
6500 "__program_header_table",
6504 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6512 const char* const *p;
6515 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6516 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6519 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6521 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6523 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6524 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6526 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6528 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6530 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6536 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6537 dynamic sections here. */
6540 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
6541 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6542 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6543 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6547 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6550 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6552 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
6555 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6557 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6559 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6561 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6562 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6563 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6565 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6566 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6569 /* Fill the stub. */
6570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6571 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6572 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6573 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6575 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
6576 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6578 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6579 only for the referenced symbol. */
6580 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6582 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6583 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6584 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6585 sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
6589 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6590 || h->forced_local);
6592 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6593 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6594 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6595 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6596 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6598 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6599 the symbols that need them. */
6600 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6601 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6606 value = sym->st_value;
6607 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6608 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6611 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6613 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6619 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6621 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6623 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6626 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6631 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6633 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
6634 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
6636 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6637 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6638 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6639 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6640 appropriate addend. */
6641 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6643 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6644 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6645 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
6647 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
6648 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6651 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6652 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6653 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
6657 entry = sym->st_value;
6658 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
6663 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6664 name = h->root.root.string;
6665 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6666 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6667 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6668 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6669 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6671 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6672 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6675 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6677 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6678 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6679 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6681 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6683 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6684 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6686 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6687 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6689 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6691 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6693 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6694 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6695 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6696 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6698 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6700 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6701 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6702 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6703 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6707 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6708 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6709 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6713 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6714 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6715 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6717 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6718 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6719 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6720 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
6721 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6722 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6724 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6725 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6727 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6728 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6729 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6730 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6732 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6736 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6737 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
6738 sym->st_value &= ~1;
6743 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6746 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
6747 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6752 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6754 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6756 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6758 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6763 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6764 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6765 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6766 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6767 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6770 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6774 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6775 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6777 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6778 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
6779 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6781 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6785 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6787 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6788 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6790 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6796 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6797 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6798 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6802 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6804 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6809 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6810 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6811 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6814 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6815 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6819 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6822 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6823 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6826 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6831 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6836 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6837 s = output_bfd->sections;
6838 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6839 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6842 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6843 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6846 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6847 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6848 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6849 referenced within the same object. */
6850 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6853 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6854 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6856 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6859 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6860 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6861 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6863 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6865 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6866 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6867 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6869 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
6872 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6873 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6876 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6877 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6880 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6881 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6882 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6883 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6887 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6888 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6889 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6890 are trailing null entries. */
6891 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6892 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
6893 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6894 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
6895 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6904 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6909 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6910 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6911 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6912 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0)
6914 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
6915 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
6916 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6920 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6921 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6923 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6924 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
6926 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6929 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6930 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
6932 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6934 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
6936 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
6937 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6938 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
6939 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6944 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
6946 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
6947 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6948 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6949 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
6950 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
6953 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
6960 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
6962 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6964 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6965 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6969 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
6971 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
6972 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6975 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
6976 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
6979 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
6980 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6981 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6984 file_ptr dummy_offset;
6986 BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6987 dummy_offset = s->size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6988 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
6989 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6994 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
6996 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6999 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
7001 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
7003 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
7004 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7005 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
7007 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7008 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
7016 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7019 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
7023 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
7026 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
7027 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
7030 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
7031 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
7034 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
7035 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
7038 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
7039 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
7040 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
7041 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
7042 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
7045 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
7046 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7049 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7050 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7053 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7054 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7057 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7058 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7061 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7062 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7065 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7066 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7069 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7070 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7073 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7074 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
7075 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7076 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7077 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7078 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7081 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7082 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7085 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7086 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7089 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7090 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7093 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7094 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7097 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7098 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7101 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
7102 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
7105 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7106 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7111 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7112 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7113 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7116 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
7117 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7120 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7124 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7125 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7126 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7127 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7128 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7130 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7131 info for each special section. */
7132 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7133 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7136 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7139 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7140 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7142 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7145 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7146 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7147 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7148 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7149 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7150 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7151 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7152 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7155 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7156 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7157 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7158 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7159 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7160 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7161 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7162 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7163 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7164 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7167 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7168 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7170 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7171 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7173 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7176 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7177 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7178 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7179 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7180 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7181 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7182 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7185 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7186 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7187 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7189 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7191 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7192 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7199 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7203 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
7208 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7209 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7210 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7213 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7214 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7215 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7216 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7219 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7220 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7221 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7222 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7228 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7231 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
7232 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7235 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7238 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7240 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7241 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7243 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7244 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7249 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7253 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7257 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7258 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7260 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7261 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7269 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7270 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7271 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7274 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7275 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7276 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7278 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7280 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7281 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7286 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7288 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7290 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7291 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7294 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7295 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7296 options_segment->next = *pm;
7297 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7298 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7299 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7300 options_segment->count = 1;
7301 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7302 *pm = options_segment;
7307 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7309 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7310 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7311 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7312 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7313 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7315 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7316 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7321 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7325 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7327 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7332 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7340 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7341 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7342 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7352 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7353 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7355 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7357 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7360 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7362 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7363 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7364 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7365 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7366 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7368 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7369 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7373 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7375 static const char *sec_names[] =
7377 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7381 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7385 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7387 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7388 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7395 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7401 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7402 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7404 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
7407 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7408 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7415 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7417 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7419 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
7433 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7437 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
7438 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7439 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7440 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
7441 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
7443 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7447 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7449 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7450 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7454 switch (h->root.type)
7456 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7457 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7458 return h->root.u.def.section;
7460 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7461 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7469 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7474 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7477 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7478 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7479 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7480 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7483 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7484 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7485 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7486 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7487 unsigned long r_symndx;
7488 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7490 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7491 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7492 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7494 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7495 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7496 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7500 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7501 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7502 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7503 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7504 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7505 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7506 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7507 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7508 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7509 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7520 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7521 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7522 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7523 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7526 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
7527 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
7528 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
7530 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7532 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7534 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7537 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7538 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7539 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7540 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7541 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7542 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7543 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7547 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
7548 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
7549 bfd_boolean force_local)
7553 struct mips_got_info *g;
7554 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7556 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7557 if (h->forced_local)
7559 h->forced_local = force_local;
7561 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7562 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local)
7564 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7565 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7569 struct mips_got_entry e;
7570 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7572 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7573 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7574 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7575 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7576 the upper limit of global entries. */
7581 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7582 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7584 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7589 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7590 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7591 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7592 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7593 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7595 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7596 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7599 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7600 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7601 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7604 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7606 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7607 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7609 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7615 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7621 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
7622 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7625 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7626 unsigned char *tdata;
7629 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7634 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7636 if (o->output_section != NULL
7637 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7640 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
7644 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7652 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7653 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7655 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
7657 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7666 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7667 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
7673 if (! info->keep_memory)
7674 free (cookie->rels);
7680 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
7682 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7688 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
7691 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7694 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7697 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7701 end = contents + sec->size;
7702 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7704 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7706 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7709 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7712 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7713 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
7717 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7718 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7720 struct mips_elf_find_line
7722 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7723 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7727 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
7728 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
7729 const char **filename_ptr,
7730 const char **functionname_ptr,
7731 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7735 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7736 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7740 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7741 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7742 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
7743 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7746 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7750 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7751 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7752 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7754 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7755 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7756 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7757 origflags = msec->flags;
7758 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7759 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7761 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7764 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7767 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7768 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7770 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7773 msec->flags = origflags;
7777 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7779 msec->flags = origflags;
7783 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7784 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7785 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7786 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7788 msec->flags = origflags;
7791 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7792 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7793 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7794 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7795 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7796 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7797 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7799 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7801 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7802 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7803 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7804 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7805 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7806 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7809 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7810 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7813 msec->flags = origflags;
7817 msec->flags = origflags;
7820 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7822 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7823 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7827 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7828 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7829 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7832 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
7833 const void *location,
7834 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
7836 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7840 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7842 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7843 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7844 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7847 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7850 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
7853 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7856 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
7859 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7863 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7864 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7867 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7869 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7870 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
7872 bfd_boolean relocatable,
7875 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7876 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7877 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7880 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7881 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7887 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
7888 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7891 /* read in the section */
7892 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
7893 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
7896 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
7900 if (reloc_count < 0)
7903 if (reloc_count > 0)
7908 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7911 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
7912 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
7913 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7914 if (abfd && input_bfd
7915 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
7919 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
7920 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
7927 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
7928 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
7929 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7932 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7933 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7935 gp = lh->u.def.value;
7937 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
7938 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
7940 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7942 case bfd_link_hash_new:
7951 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
7953 char *error_message = NULL;
7954 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7956 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7957 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7958 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
7959 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
7961 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7965 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7966 fall over on its own. */
7968 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
7969 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
7971 /* bypass special_function call */
7972 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
7973 input_section, relocatable,
7975 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
7977 /* end mips specific stuff */
7979 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
7980 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
7982 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
7986 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
7988 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
7989 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
7993 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
7997 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
7998 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
7999 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8000 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8004 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8005 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
8006 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8007 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8008 (*parent)->address)))
8011 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8012 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8014 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8015 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8016 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8019 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8028 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8029 free (reloc_vector);
8033 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8034 free (reloc_vector);
8038 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8040 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8041 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
8043 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8044 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8046 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
8050 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8051 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8058 /* We no longer use this. */
8059 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8060 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8062 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8063 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8064 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8066 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8068 return &ret->root.root;
8071 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8072 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8073 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8076 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8080 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8081 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8082 asection *rtproc_sec;
8083 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8084 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8085 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8086 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8087 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8088 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
8094 static const char * const secname[] =
8096 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8097 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8099 static const int sc[] =
8101 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8102 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8105 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8106 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8107 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8109 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8113 struct mips_got_info *g;
8114 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
8116 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8117 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8118 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8119 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8120 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8128 for (p = abfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
8129 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
8130 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
8131 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (abfd, info, p))
8135 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
8138 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8139 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8140 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8141 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8143 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8144 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8145 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8146 <= g->global_gotno);
8150 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8151 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8152 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8153 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8154 better off including it then not. */
8155 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8156 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8158 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8160 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8161 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8162 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8163 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8164 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8165 --abfd->section_count;
8171 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8172 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8173 to be better off including it than not. */
8174 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8176 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8178 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8179 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8180 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8181 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8182 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8183 --abfd->section_count;
8190 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8191 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8193 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8195 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8196 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8197 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8198 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8199 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8200 else if (info->relocatable)
8202 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8204 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8205 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8207 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8210 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8211 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8215 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8216 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8217 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8221 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8225 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8226 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8227 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8229 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8231 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8233 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8234 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8235 the information together. */
8236 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8238 asection *input_section;
8240 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8243 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8245 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8250 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8251 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8253 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8254 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8257 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8259 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8260 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8261 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8262 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8263 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8265 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8266 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8267 finally written out. */
8269 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8270 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8271 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8274 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8275 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8277 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8278 matters, but someday it might). */
8279 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8284 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8286 struct extsym_info einfo;
8289 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8290 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8291 the information together. */
8292 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8293 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8295 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8299 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8300 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8301 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8303 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8306 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8308 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8309 debug_info structure. */
8311 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8312 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8313 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8314 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8315 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8317 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8318 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8319 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8320 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8322 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8323 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
8327 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8331 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8332 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8333 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8334 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8336 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8338 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8339 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8342 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8343 last = s->vma + s->size;
8346 esym.asym.value = last;
8347 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8352 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8354 asection *input_section;
8356 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8357 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8361 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8363 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8368 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8369 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8371 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8372 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8373 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8375 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8376 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8377 want to deal with it. */
8381 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8382 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8384 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
8386 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8387 read in the debugging information and set up an
8388 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8389 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8393 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8394 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8395 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8398 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8399 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8400 the linker global hash table and save the information
8401 for the output external symbols. */
8402 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8403 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8404 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8405 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8407 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8408 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8412 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8414 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
8415 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8416 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8417 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8420 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8421 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8422 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8423 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8429 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8430 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8436 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8437 free (input_debug.line);
8438 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8439 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8440 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8441 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8442 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8443 free (input_debug.ss);
8444 free (input_debug.ssext);
8445 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8446 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8447 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8449 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8450 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8451 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8454 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8456 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8457 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8458 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8460 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8461 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8463 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8464 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8465 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8466 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8470 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8476 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8479 einfo.debug = &debug;
8481 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8482 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8483 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
8487 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8488 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8490 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8491 matters, but someday it might). */
8492 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8497 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8499 const char *subname;
8502 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8505 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8506 information describing how the small data area would
8507 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8508 not used in executables files. */
8509 if (! info->relocatable)
8511 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8513 asection *input_section;
8515 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8517 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8522 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8524 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8525 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8526 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8529 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8530 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8531 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8533 /* Really remove the section. */
8534 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8536 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8538 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8539 --abfd->section_count;
8544 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8545 uninitialized data. */
8546 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8548 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8552 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8553 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8554 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8555 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8559 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8560 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8561 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8562 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8563 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8564 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8565 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8567 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8568 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8570 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8571 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8572 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8575 /* Set up the first entry. */
8577 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8578 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
8581 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8582 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8584 /* Combine the input sections. */
8585 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8587 asection *input_section;
8591 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8593 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8595 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8600 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8601 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8603 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8604 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8605 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8606 size = input_section->size;
8608 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8610 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8612 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8613 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8619 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8620 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
8621 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8627 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8629 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8630 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8633 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8635 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8636 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8638 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8644 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8647 /* We need a new table entry. */
8648 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8649 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
8650 if (new_tab == NULL)
8656 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8657 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8659 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8660 value, since that will be implied by this new
8663 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8665 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8667 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8668 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8672 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8673 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8678 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8681 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8682 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8683 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8686 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8688 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8690 /* Swap out the table. */
8691 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8692 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8693 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8699 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8700 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8703 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8704 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8706 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8707 matters, but someday it might). */
8708 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8712 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8713 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
8716 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8718 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
8720 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8722 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8723 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8727 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
8729 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8730 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8732 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8735 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8738 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
8740 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8741 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8742 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
8746 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
8748 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8749 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8750 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
8754 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8756 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8757 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8760 rtproc_sec->contents,
8761 0, rtproc_sec->size))
8769 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8771 struct mips_mach_extension {
8772 unsigned long extension, base;
8776 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8777 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8779 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
8780 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8781 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8782 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8784 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8785 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8787 /* R10000 extensions. */
8788 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8790 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8791 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8792 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8793 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8794 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8795 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8796 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8798 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8799 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8800 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8801 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8802 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8804 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8805 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8806 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8808 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8809 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8810 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8811 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8812 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8813 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8814 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8815 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8817 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8818 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8820 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8821 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8822 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8824 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8825 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8826 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8830 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8833 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
8837 for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
8838 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
8839 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
8841 return extension == base;
8845 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8848 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
8850 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8851 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8852 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8853 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8854 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8855 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8856 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8860 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8861 object file when linking. */
8864 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
8869 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8872 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8873 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8875 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8876 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8881 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8882 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8885 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
8887 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8888 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8893 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
8894 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8895 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
8897 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
8899 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
8900 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
8901 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
8902 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
8904 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
8905 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
8907 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
8908 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8915 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8917 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8918 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8920 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8921 doesn't seem to matter. */
8922 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
8923 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
8925 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
8926 just be able to ignore this. */
8927 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
8928 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
8930 if (new_flags == old_flags)
8933 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8934 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8935 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8936 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
8938 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8939 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8940 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
8941 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
8943 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
8944 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
8945 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
8947 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
8956 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
8957 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
8959 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8960 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8965 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
8966 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
8967 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
8968 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
8970 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
8971 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
8973 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8974 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
8976 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8977 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
8981 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
8983 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
8984 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8986 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
8987 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
8988 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
8989 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
8990 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
8991 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
8992 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
8994 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
8995 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
8996 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
8997 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
8998 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
8999 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9003 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9004 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9005 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9007 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9008 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9013 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9014 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9016 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9017 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9018 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9019 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9020 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9022 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9023 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9024 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9025 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9027 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9028 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9030 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9031 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9034 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9035 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9038 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9039 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9041 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9043 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9044 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9047 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9048 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9050 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9051 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9052 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
9053 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9059 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9066 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9069 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
9071 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9072 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9074 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9075 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9080 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
9084 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9086 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9087 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9089 /* xgettext:c-format */
9090 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9092 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9093 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9094 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9095 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9096 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9097 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9098 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9099 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9100 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9101 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9102 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9103 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9104 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9105 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9107 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9109 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9110 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9111 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9112 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9113 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9114 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9115 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9116 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9117 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9118 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9119 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9120 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9121 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9122 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9123 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9124 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9125 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
9126 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9128 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9130 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9131 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9133 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9134 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9136 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9137 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9139 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9146 struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
9148 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9149 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9150 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9151 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9152 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
9153 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
9154 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }